blob: 287c8b2af6ef33bb21b37baae79afb049c4f312e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000034
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000035using namespace clang;
36
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
45
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000046enum FloatingRank {
47 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
48};
49
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000050void
51ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
52 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
54 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000055 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056
57 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
58 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
59 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
60 PEnd = Params->end();
61 P != PEnd; ++P) {
62 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
63 ID.AddInteger(0);
64 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
65 continue;
66 }
67
68 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000070 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000071 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000072 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
73 ID.AddBoolean(true);
74 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
75 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
76 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
77 } else
78 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000079 continue;
80 }
81
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
83 ID.AddInteger(2);
84 Profile(ID, TTP);
85 }
86}
87
88TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
89ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +000090 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000091 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
92 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
93 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
94 void *InsertPos = 0;
95 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
96 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
97 if (Canonical)
98 return Canonical->getParam();
99
100 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
101 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
102 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
103 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
104 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
105 PEnd = Params->end();
106 P != PEnd; ++P) {
107 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
108 CanonParams.push_back(
109 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000110 SourceLocation(),
111 SourceLocation(),
112 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000113 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
114 TTP->isParameterPack()));
115 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000116 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
117 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
118 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
119 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
120 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
121 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
122 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
123 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
124 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
125 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
126 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
127 }
128
129 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000130 SourceLocation(),
131 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000132 NTTP->getDepth(),
133 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
134 T,
135 TInfo,
136 ExpandedTypes.data(),
137 ExpandedTypes.size(),
138 ExpandedTInfos.data());
139 } else {
140 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000141 SourceLocation(),
142 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000143 NTTP->getDepth(),
144 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
145 T,
146 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
147 TInfo);
148 }
149 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
150
151 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000152 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
153 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
154 }
155
156 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
157 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
158 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000159 TTP->getPosition(),
160 TTP->isParameterPack(),
161 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000162 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
163 SourceLocation(),
164 CanonParams.data(),
165 CanonParams.size(),
166 SourceLocation()));
167
168 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
169 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
170 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
171 (void)Canonical;
172
173 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
174 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
175 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
176 return CanonTTP;
177}
178
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000179CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000180 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
181
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000182 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000183 case CXXABI_ARM:
184 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
185 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000186 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000187 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
188 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
189 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000190 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000191}
192
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000193static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
194 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
195 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
196 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
197 // language-specific address space.
198 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
199 1, // opencl_global
200 2, // opencl_local
201 3 // opencl_constant
202 };
203 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
204 } else {
205 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
206 }
207}
208
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000209ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000210 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000211 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000212 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000213 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000214 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000215 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
216 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000217 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
218 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000219 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000220 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Peter Collingbourne9e2c81f2011-02-09 21:04:32 +0000221 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000222 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000223 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
224 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000225 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000226 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
227 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000228 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000229 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall147d0212011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000230 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000231 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
232 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000233 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000234 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000235 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000236 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000237}
238
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000239ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000240 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
241 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
242 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000243
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000244 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
245 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
246 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000247
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000248 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
249 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
250 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
251 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
252 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000253
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000254 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000255 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
256 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
257 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
258 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
259 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
260 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
261 R->Destroy(*this);
262
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000263 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
264 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
265 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
266 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
267 R->Destroy(*this);
268 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000269
270 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
271 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
272 A != AEnd; ++A)
273 A->second->~AttrVec();
274}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000275
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000276void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
277 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
278}
279
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000281ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
282 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
283}
284
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000285void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
286 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
287 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000288
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000289 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000291#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
292#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
293 0 // Extra
294 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000295
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000296 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
297 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000298 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000299 }
300
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000301 unsigned Idx = 0;
302 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
303#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
304 if (counts[Idx]) \
305 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
306 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
307 ++Idx;
308#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
309#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000310
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000311 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000312
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000313 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000314 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
315 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
316 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000317 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
318 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
319 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000320 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
321 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
322 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000323 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
324 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
325
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000326 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
327 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
328 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
329 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000330
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000331 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000332}
333
334
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000335void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000336 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000337 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000338 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000339}
340
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000341void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
342 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000344 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000348 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000349 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000350 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000351 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
352 else
353 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000354 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000355 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
356 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
357 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
358 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
359 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000360
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000361 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
363 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
364 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
365 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
366 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000368 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000369 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
370 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
371 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000372
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000373 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
374 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
375 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
376
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000377 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000378 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000379 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
380 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
381 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
382 } else // C99
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000383 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000384
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000385 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
386 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
387 else // C99
388 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
389
390 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
391 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
392 else // C99
393 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
394
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000395 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
396 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
397 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
398 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
399 // expressions.
400 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000401
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000402 // Placeholder type for functions.
403 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
404
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000405 // Placeholder type for bound members.
406 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
407
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000408 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
409 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
410
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000411 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000412 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
413 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
414 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000416 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000417
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000418 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
419 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
420 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000421 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000423 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000424 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
425 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000426 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000427
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000428 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000430 // void * type
431 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000432
433 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
434 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000435}
436
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000437Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
438 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
439}
440
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000441AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
442 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
443 if (!Result) {
444 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
445 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
446 }
447
448 return *Result;
449}
450
451/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
452void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
453 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
454 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
455 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
456 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
457 }
458}
459
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000460MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000461ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000462 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000463 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000464 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
465 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
466 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000468 return Pos->second;
469}
470
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000472ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000473 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
474 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000475 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
476 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
477 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
478 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000479 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000480 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000481}
482
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000483NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000484ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000486 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
487 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000488 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000489
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000490 return Pos->second;
491}
492
493void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000494ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
495 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
496 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
497 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
498 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
499 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
500 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
501}
502
503UsingShadowDecl *
504ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
505 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
506 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
507 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
508 return 0;
509
510 return Pos->second;
511}
512
513void
514ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
515 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
516 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
517 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000518}
519
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000520FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
521 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
522 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
523 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
524 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000525
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000526 return Pos->second;
527}
528
529void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
530 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
531 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
532 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
533 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
534 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000535
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000536 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
537}
538
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000539bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
540 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
541 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
542 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
543
544}
545
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000546bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
547 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
548 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Fariborz Jahanian759e4a12011-05-03 22:07:14 +0000549 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
550 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000551
552}
553
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000554ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
555ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
556 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
557 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
558 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
559 return 0;
560
561 return Pos->second.begin();
562}
563
564ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
565ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
566 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
567 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
568 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
569 return 0;
570
571 return Pos->second.end();
572}
573
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000574unsigned
575ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
576 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
577 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
578 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
579 return 0;
580
581 return Pos->second.size();
582}
583
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000584void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
585 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
586 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
587}
588
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000589//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
590// Type Sizing and Analysis
591//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000592
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000593/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
594/// scalar floating point type.
595const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000596 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000597 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
598 switch (BT->getKind()) {
599 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
600 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
601 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
602 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
603 }
604}
605
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000606/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000607/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
608/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000609/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
610/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000611CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000612 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
613
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000614 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
615 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
616 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000617
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000618 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
619 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
620 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
621 //
622 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
623 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
624 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
625 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
626 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
627 } else {
628 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
629 }
630 }
631
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000632 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
633 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000634 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000635 // do nothing
636
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000637 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000638 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000639 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000640 if (RefAsPointee)
641 T = RT->getPointeeType();
642 else
643 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
644 }
645 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000646 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
647 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000648 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000649 const ArrayType *arrayType;
650 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
651 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
652 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
653 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
654 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
655 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000656
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000657 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
658 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
659 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000660 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
661 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000662
663 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
664 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
665 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
666 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
667 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
668 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
669 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
670 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
671
672 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000673 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000674
675 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
676 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
677 if (offset > 0) {
678 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
679 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
680 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
681 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
682 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
683 }
684
685 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000686 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000687 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000688
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000689 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000690}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000691
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000692std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000693ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000694 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000695 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
696 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000697}
698
699std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000700ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000701 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
702}
703
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000704/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
705/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000706///
707/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
708/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
709/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000710std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000711ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000712 uint64_t Width=0;
713 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000714 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000715#define TYPE(Class, Base)
716#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000717#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000718#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
719#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000720 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000721 break;
722
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000723 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
724 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000725 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
726 Width = 0;
727 Align = 32;
728 break;
729
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000730 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000731 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000732 Width = 0;
733 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
734 break;
735
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000736 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000737 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000738
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000739 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000740 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000741 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000742 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000743 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000744 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000745 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000746 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000747 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
748 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
749 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000750 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000751 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
752 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000753 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000754 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
755 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
756 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000757 break;
758 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000759
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000760 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000761 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000762 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000763 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000764 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
765 Width = 0;
766 Align = 8;
767 break;
768
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000769 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000770 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
771 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000772 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000773 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
774 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
775 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000776 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
778 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000779 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000780 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
781 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000782 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
783 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
784 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000785 case BuiltinType::Char16:
786 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
787 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
788 break;
789 case BuiltinType::Char32:
790 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
791 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
792 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000793 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000794 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000795 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
796 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000797 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000798 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000799 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000800 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
801 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000802 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000803 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000804 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000805 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
806 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000808 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000809 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000810 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
811 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000812 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000813 case BuiltinType::Int128:
814 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
815 Width = 128;
816 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
817 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000818 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000819 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
820 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000821 break;
822 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000823 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
824 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000825 break;
826 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000827 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
828 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000829 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000830 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
831 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
832 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000833 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000834 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
835 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
836 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
837 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
838 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
839 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000840 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000841 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000842 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000843 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000844 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000845 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000846 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000847 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
848 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000849 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
850 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
851 break;
852 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000853 case Type::LValueReference:
854 case Type::RValueReference: {
855 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
856 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000857 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
858 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000859 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
860 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
861 break;
862 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000863 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000864 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000865 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000866 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
867 break;
868 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000869 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000870 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000871 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000872 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000873 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000874 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
875 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000876 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000877 case Type::Complex: {
878 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
879 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000880 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000881 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000882 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000883 Align = EltInfo.second;
884 break;
885 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000886 case Type::ObjCObject:
887 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000888 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000889 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000890 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000891 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000892 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000893 break;
894 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000895 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000896 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000897 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
898
899 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000900 Width = 8;
901 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000902 break;
903 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000905 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000906 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
907
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000908 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000909 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000910 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000911 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000912 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000913 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000914
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000915 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000916 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
917 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000918
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000919 case Type::Auto: {
920 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
921 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000922 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000923 }
924
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000925 case Type::Paren:
926 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
927
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000928 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000929 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000930 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
931 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000932 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
933 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
934 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
935 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
936 Align = AttrAlign;
937 else
938 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000939 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000940 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000941 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000942
943 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
944 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
945 .getTypePtr());
946
947 case Type::TypeOf:
948 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
949
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000950 case Type::Decltype:
951 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
952 .getTypePtr());
953
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000954 case Type::Elaborated:
955 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000956
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000957 case Type::Attributed:
958 return getTypeInfo(
959 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
960
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000961 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000962 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000963 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
964 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
965 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
966 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
967 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
968 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000969
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000970 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000971 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000972}
973
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000974/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
975CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
976 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
977}
978
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000979/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
980int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
981 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
982}
983
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000984/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
985/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000986CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000987 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000988}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000989CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000990 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000991}
992
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000993/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000994/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000995CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000996 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000997}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000998CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000999 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001000}
1001
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001002/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1003/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1004/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1005/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001006unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001007 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001008
1009 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001010 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001011 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1012 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1013 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1014 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1015
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001016 return ABIAlign;
1017}
1018
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001019/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
1020/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
1021///
1022void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001023 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001024 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
1025 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
1026 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1027 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1028 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1029 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001030}
1031
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001032/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1033/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1034/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1035/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1036/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001037///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001038void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1039 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001040 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001041 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1042 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1043 if (!leafClass) {
1044 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1045 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001046 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1047 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001048 else
1049 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001050}
1051
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001052/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1053/// those inherited by it.
1054void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001055 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001056 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001057 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1058 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1059 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1060 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001061 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001062 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001063 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001064 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1065 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001066 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1067 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001068 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001069
1070 // Categories of this Interface.
1071 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1072 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1073 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1074 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1075 while (SD) {
1076 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1077 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1078 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001079 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001080 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001081 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1082 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001083 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001084 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1085 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1086 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1087 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001088 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001089 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1090 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1091 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001092 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001093 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1094 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1095 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1096 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001097 }
1098}
1099
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001100unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001101 unsigned count = 0;
1102 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001103 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1104 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001105 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1106
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001107 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1108 // includes synthesized ivars.
1109 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001110 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1111
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001112 return count;
1113}
1114
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001115/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1116ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1117 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1118 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1119 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1120 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1121 return 0;
1122}
1123/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1124ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1125 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1126 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1127 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1128 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1129 return 0;
1130}
1131
1132/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1133void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1134 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1135 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1136 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1137}
1138/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1139void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1140 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1141 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1142 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1143}
1144
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001145/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1146/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001147Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001148 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1149 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1150 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001151 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001152 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001153 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1154}
1155
1156/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1157void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1158 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001159 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1160 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001161 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1162}
1163
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001164/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001165///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001166/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001167/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1168///
1169/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1170/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1171/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001172TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001173 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001174 if (!DataSize)
1175 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1176 else
1177 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001178 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001179
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1181 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1182 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1183 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001184}
1185
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001186TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001187 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001188 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001189 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001190 return DI;
1191}
1192
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001193const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001194ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001195 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1196}
1197
1198const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001199ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1200 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001201 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1202}
1203
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001204//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1205// Type creation/memoization methods
1206//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1207
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001208QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001209ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1210 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1211 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001212
1213 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1214 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001215 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1216 void *insertPos = 0;
1217 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1218 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1219 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001220 }
1221
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001222 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1223 QualType canon;
1224 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1225 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1226 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1227 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1228
1229 // Re-find the insert position.
1230 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1231 }
1232
1233 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1234 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1235 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001236}
1237
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001238QualType
1239ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001240 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1241 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001242 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001243
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001244 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1245 // into one ExtQuals node.
1246 QualifierCollector Quals;
1247 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001249 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1250 // another one.
1251 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1252 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1253 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001254
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001255 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001256}
1257
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001258QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001259 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001260 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001261 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001262 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001263
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001264 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1265 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001266 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001267 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1268 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1269 }
1270 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001272 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1273 // into one ExtQuals node.
1274 QualifierCollector Quals;
1275 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001277 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1278 // another one.
1279 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1280 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1281 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001282
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001283 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001284}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001285
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001286const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1287 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1288 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1289 return T;
1290
1291 QualType Result;
1292 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1293 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1294 } else {
1295 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1296 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1297 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1298 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1299 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1300 }
1301
1302 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1303}
1304
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001305/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1306/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001307QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001308 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1309 // structure.
1310 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1311 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001312
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001313 void *InsertPos = 0;
1314 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1315 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001317 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1318 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1319 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001320 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001321 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001323 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1324 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001325 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001326 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001327 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001328 Types.push_back(New);
1329 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1330 return QualType(New, 0);
1331}
1332
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001333/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1334/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001335QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001336 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1337 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001338 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001339 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001340
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001341 void *InsertPos = 0;
1342 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001343 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001345 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1346 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001347 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001348 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001349 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001350
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001351 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1352 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001353 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001354 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001355 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001356 Types.push_back(New);
1357 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001358 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001359}
1360
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001362/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001363QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001364 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1365 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001366 // structure.
1367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1368 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001370 void *InsertPos = 0;
1371 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1372 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1373 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001374
1375 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001376 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1377 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001378 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001379 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001381 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1382 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1383 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001384 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001385 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001386 BlockPointerType *New
1387 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001388 Types.push_back(New);
1389 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1390 return QualType(New, 0);
1391}
1392
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001393/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1394/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001395QualType
1396ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001397 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1398 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001399 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001400 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001401
1402 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001403 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1404 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001405 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001406
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001407 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1408
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001409 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1410 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1411 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001412 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1413 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1414 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001415
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001416 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001417 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1418 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001419 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001420 }
1421
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001422 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001423 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1424 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001425 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001426 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001427
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001428 return QualType(New, 0);
1429}
1430
1431/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1432/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001433QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001434 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1435 // structure.
1436 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001437 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001438
1439 void *InsertPos = 0;
1440 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1441 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1442 return QualType(RT, 0);
1443
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001444 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1445
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001446 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1447 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1448 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001449 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1450 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1451 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001452
1453 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1454 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1455 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001456 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001457 }
1458
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001459 RValueReferenceType *New
1460 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001461 Types.push_back(New);
1462 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001463 return QualType(New, 0);
1464}
1465
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001466/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1467/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001468QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001469 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1470 // structure.
1471 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1472 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1473
1474 void *InsertPos = 0;
1475 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1476 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1477 return QualType(PT, 0);
1478
1479 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1480 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1481 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001482 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001483 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1484
1485 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1486 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1487 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001488 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001489 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001490 MemberPointerType *New
1491 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001492 Types.push_back(New);
1493 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1494 return QualType(New, 0);
1495}
1496
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001498/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001500 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001501 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001502 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001503 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1504 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001505 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1506
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001507 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1508 // the target.
1509 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001510 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001511 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001512
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001514 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001515
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001516 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001518 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001519 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001520
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001521 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1522 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1523 QualType Canon;
1524 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1525 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1526 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001527 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001528 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1529
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001530 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001532 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001533 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001534 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001535
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001536 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001537 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001538 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001539 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001540 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001541}
1542
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001543/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1544/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1545/// sizes replaced with [*].
1546QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1547 // Vastly most common case.
1548 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001549
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001550 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001551
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001552 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1553 const Type *ty = split.first;
1554 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1555#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1556#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1557#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1558#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1559 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1560
1561 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1562 case Type::Builtin:
1563 case Type::Complex:
1564 case Type::Vector:
1565 case Type::ExtVector:
1566 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1567 case Type::ObjCObject:
1568 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1569 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1570 case Type::Record:
1571 case Type::Enum:
1572 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1573 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1574 case Type::TypeOf:
1575 case Type::Decltype:
1576 case Type::DependentName:
1577 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1578 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1579 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1580 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1581 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001582 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001583 case Type::PackExpansion:
1584 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1585
1586 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1587 // further decay.
1588 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1589 case Type::FunctionProto:
1590 case Type::BlockPointer:
1591 case Type::MemberPointer:
1592 return type;
1593
1594 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1595 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1596 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1597 // optimizations available here.
1598 case Type::Pointer:
1599 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1600 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1601 break;
1602
1603 case Type::LValueReference: {
1604 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1605 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1606 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1607 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1608 break;
1609 }
1610
1611 case Type::RValueReference: {
1612 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1613 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1614 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1615 break;
1616 }
1617
1618 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1619 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1620 result = getConstantArrayType(
1621 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1622 cat->getSize(),
1623 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1624 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1625 break;
1626 }
1627
1628 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1629 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1630 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1631 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1632 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1633 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1634 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1635 dat->getBracketsRange());
1636 break;
1637 }
1638
1639 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1640 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1641 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1642 result = getVariableArrayType(
1643 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1644 /*size*/ 0,
1645 ArrayType::Normal,
1646 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1647 SourceRange());
1648 break;
1649 }
1650
1651 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1652 case Type::VariableArray: {
1653 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1654 result = getVariableArrayType(
1655 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1656 /*size*/ 0,
1657 ArrayType::Star,
1658 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1659 vat->getBracketsRange());
1660 break;
1661 }
1662 }
1663
1664 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1665 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1666}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001667
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001668/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1669/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001670QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1671 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001672 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001673 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001674 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001675 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1676 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001677 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001678
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001679 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1680 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1681 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1682 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001683 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001684 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001685 }
1686
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001687 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001688 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001689
1690 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1691 Types.push_back(New);
1692 return QualType(New, 0);
1693}
1694
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001695/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1696/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001697/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001698QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1699 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001700 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001701 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1702 SourceRange brackets) const {
1703 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1704 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001705 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1706
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001707 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1708 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1709 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1710 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1711 if (!numElements) {
1712 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1713 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1714 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1715 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1716 brackets);
1717 Types.push_back(newType);
1718 return QualType(newType, 0);
1719 }
1720
1721 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1722 // also build a canonical type.
1723
1724 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1725
1726 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001727 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001728 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1729 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1730 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001731
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1733 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1734 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001735
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001736 // If we don't have one, build one.
1737 if (!canonTy) {
1738 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1739 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1740 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1741 brackets);
1742 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1743 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001744 }
1745
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001746 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1747 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1748 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001749
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001750 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1751 // then just use that as our result.
1752 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1753 return canon;
1754
1755 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1756 // of the element type.
1757 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1758 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1759 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1760 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1761 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1762 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001763}
1764
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001765QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001766 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001767 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001768 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001769 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001770
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001771 void *insertPos = 0;
1772 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1773 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1774 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001775
1776 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001777 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1778 // qualifiers off the element type.
1779 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001780
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001781 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1782 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1783 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1784 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1785 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001786
1787 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001788 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1789 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1790 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001791 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001792
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001793 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1794 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001795
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001796 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1797 Types.push_back(newType);
1798 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001799}
1800
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001801/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1802/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001803QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001804 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001805 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001807 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1808 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001809 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001810
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001811 void *InsertPos = 0;
1812 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1813 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1814
1815 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1816 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1817 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001818 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001819 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001821 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1822 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001823 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001824 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001825 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001826 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001827 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1828 Types.push_back(New);
1829 return QualType(New, 0);
1830}
1831
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001832/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001833/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001834QualType
1835ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001836 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001837
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001838 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1839 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001840 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001841 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001842 void *InsertPos = 0;
1843 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1844 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1845
1846 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1847 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1848 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001849 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001850 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001852 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1853 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001854 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001855 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001856 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1857 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001858 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1859 Types.push_back(New);
1860 return QualType(New, 0);
1861}
1862
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001863QualType
1864ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1865 Expr *SizeExpr,
1866 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001867 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001869 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001871 void *InsertPos = 0;
1872 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1873 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1874 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1875 if (Canon) {
1876 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1877 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001878 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1879 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1880 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001881 } else {
1882 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1883 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001884 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1885 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1886 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001887
1888 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1889 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1890 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1891 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001892 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1893 } else {
1894 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1895 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001896 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1897 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001898 }
1899 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001900
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001901 Types.push_back(New);
1902 return QualType(New, 0);
1903}
1904
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001905/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001906///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001907QualType
1908ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1909 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001910 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1911 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1912 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001913 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1914 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001915 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001916 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001918 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001919 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001920 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001921 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001922
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001923 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001924 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001925 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001926 Canonical =
1927 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1928 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001930 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001931 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1932 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001933 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001934 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001936 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001937 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001938 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001939 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001940 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001941 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001942}
1943
1944/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1945/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001946QualType
1947ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1948 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1949 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001950 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1951 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001952 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00001953 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001954
1955 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001957 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001958 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001959
1960 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00001961 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001962 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001963 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001964 isCanonical = false;
1965
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001966 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1967 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1968 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001969
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001970 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001971 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001972 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001973 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001974 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001975 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1976 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001977 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001978
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001979 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00001980 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
1981 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001982 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1983 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1984
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001985 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001986 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001987 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001988
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001989 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001990 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1991 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001992 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001993 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001994
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001995 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001996 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00001997 // end of them. Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
1998 // expression and a context pointer.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001999 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002000 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2001 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2002 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2003 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002004 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002005 }
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002006 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002007 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2008 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002009 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002010 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002011 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002012 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002013}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002014
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002015#ifndef NDEBUG
2016static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2017 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2018 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2019 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2020 return true;
2021 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2022 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2023 return true;
2024 return false;
2025}
2026#endif
2027
2028/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2029/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2030QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002031 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002032 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2033 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2034 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002035 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002036 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2037 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2038 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2039 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002040 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002041 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002042 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2043 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002044 }
2045 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2046}
2047
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002048/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2049/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002050QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002051 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002052 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002054 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002055 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002056
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002057 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2058 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2059
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002060 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002061 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2062 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2063 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002064 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002065 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002066 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2067 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002068 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002069 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002070 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002071 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2072 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2073 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002074 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002075 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002076
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002077 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002078}
2079
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002080/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002081/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002082QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002083ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2084 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002085 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002086
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002087 if (Canonical.isNull())
2088 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002089 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002090 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002091 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2092 Types.push_back(newType);
2093 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002094}
2095
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002096QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002097 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2098
2099 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2100 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2101 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2102
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002103 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2104 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2105 Types.push_back(newType);
2106 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002107}
2108
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002109QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002110 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2111
2112 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2113 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2114 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2115
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002116 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2117 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2118 Types.push_back(newType);
2119 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002120}
2121
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002122QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2123 QualType modifiedType,
2124 QualType equivalentType) {
2125 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2126 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2127
2128 void *insertPos = 0;
2129 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2130 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2131
2132 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2133 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2134 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2135
2136 Types.push_back(type);
2137 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2138
2139 return QualType(type, 0);
2140}
2141
2142
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002143/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2144QualType
2145ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002146 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002147 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002148 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2149
2150 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2151 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2152 void *InsertPos = 0;
2153 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2154 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2155
2156 if (!SubstParm) {
2157 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2158 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2159 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2160 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2161 }
2162
2163 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2164}
2165
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002166/// \brief Retrieve a
2167QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2168 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2169 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2170#ifndef NDEBUG
2171 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2172 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2173 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2174 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2175 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2176 }
2177#endif
2178
2179 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2180 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2181 void *InsertPos = 0;
2182 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2183 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2184 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2185
2186 QualType Canon;
2187 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2188 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2189 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2190 ArgPack);
2191 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2192 }
2193
2194 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2195 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2196 ArgPack);
2197 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2198 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2199 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2200}
2201
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002202/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002203/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002204/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002206 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002207 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002208 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002209 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002210 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002212 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2213
2214 if (TypeParm)
2215 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002217 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002218 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002219 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002220
2221 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2222 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2223 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2224 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002225 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002226 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2227 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002228
2229 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2230 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2231
2232 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2233}
2234
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002235TypeSourceInfo *
2236ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2237 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2238 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002239 QualType CanonType) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002240 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2241 "No dependent template names here!");
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002242 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
2243
2244 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2245 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2246 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2247 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2248 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2249 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2250 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2251 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2252 return DI;
2253}
2254
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002256ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002257 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002258 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002259 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2260 "No dependent template names here!");
2261
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002262 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2263
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002264 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2265 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2266 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2267 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2268
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002269 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002270 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002271}
2272
2273QualType
2274ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002275 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2276 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002277 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002278 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2279 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002280 // Look through qualified template names.
2281 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2282 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002283
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002284 if (!Canon.isNull())
2285 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002286 else
2287 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002288
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002289 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2290 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2291 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002293 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002294 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002296 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002297 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002298 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002300 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002302}
2303
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002305ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2306 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002307 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002308 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2309 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002310 // Look through qualified template names.
2311 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2312 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002313
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002314 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2315 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2316 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2317 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2318 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2319 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2320
2321 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2322 // exists.
2323 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2324 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2325 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2326
2327 void *InsertPos = 0;
2328 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2329 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2330
2331 if (!Spec) {
2332 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2333 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2334 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2335 TypeAlignment);
2336 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2337 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2338 QualType());
2339 Types.push_back(Spec);
2340 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2341 }
2342
2343 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2344 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2345 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2346}
2347
2348QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002349ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2350 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002351 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002352 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002353 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002354
2355 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002356 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002357 if (T)
2358 return QualType(T, 0);
2359
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002360 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2361 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2362 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002363 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2364 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002365 (void)CheckT;
2366 }
2367
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002368 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002369 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002370 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002371 return QualType(T, 0);
2372}
2373
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002374QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002375ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002376 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2377 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2378
2379 void *InsertPos = 0;
2380 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2381 if (T)
2382 return QualType(T, 0);
2383
2384 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2385 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2386 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2387 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2388 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2389 (void)CheckT;
2390 }
2391
2392 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2393 Types.push_back(T);
2394 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2395 return QualType(T, 0);
2396}
2397
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002398QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2399 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2400 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002401 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002402 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2403
2404 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2405 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002406 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2407 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2408 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2409
2410 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2411 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002412 }
2413
2414 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002415 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002416
2417 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002418 DependentNameType *T
2419 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002420 if (T)
2421 return QualType(T, 0);
2422
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002423 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002424 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002425 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002427}
2428
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002430ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2431 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002432 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002433 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002434 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002435 // TODO: avoid this copy
2436 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2437 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2438 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2439 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2440 ArgCopy.size(),
2441 ArgCopy.data());
2442}
2443
2444QualType
2445ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2446 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2447 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2448 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2449 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002450 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002451 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2452 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002453
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002454 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002455 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2456 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002457
2458 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002459 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2460 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002461 if (T)
2462 return QualType(T, 0);
2463
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002464 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002465
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002466 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2467 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2468
2469 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2470 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2471 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2472 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2473 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2474 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002475 }
2476
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002477 QualType Canon;
2478 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2479 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2480 Name, NumArgs,
2481 CanonArgs.data());
2482
2483 // Find the insert position again.
2484 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2485 }
2486
2487 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2488 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2489 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002490 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002491 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002492 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002493 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002495}
2496
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002497QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2498 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002499 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002500 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002501
2502 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2503 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2504 void *InsertPos = 0;
2505 PackExpansionType *T
2506 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2507 if (T)
2508 return QualType(T, 0);
2509
2510 QualType Canon;
2511 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002512 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002513
2514 // Find the insert position again.
2515 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2516 }
2517
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002518 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002519 Types.push_back(T);
2520 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2521 return QualType(T, 0);
2522}
2523
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002524/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2525/// alphabetically.
2526static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2527 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002528 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002529}
2530
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002531static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002532 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2533 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2534
2535 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2536 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2537 return false;
2538 return true;
2539}
2540
2541static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002542 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2543 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002545 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2546 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2547
2548 // Remove duplicates.
2549 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2550 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2551}
2552
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002553QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2554 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002555 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002556 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2557 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2558 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2559 return BaseType;
2560
2561 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002563 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002564 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002565 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2566 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002567
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002568 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2569 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002570 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002571 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2572 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2573 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002574 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2575 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002576 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2577
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002578 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002579 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2580 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002581 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002582 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2583 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002584 }
2585
2586 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002587 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2588 }
2589
2590 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2591 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2592 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2593 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2594 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2595
2596 Types.push_back(T);
2597 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2598 return QualType(T, 0);
2599}
2600
2601/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2602/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002603QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002604 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2605 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2606
2607 void *InsertPos = 0;
2608 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2609 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2610 return QualType(QT, 0);
2611
2612 // Find the canonical object type.
2613 QualType Canonical;
2614 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2615 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2616
2617 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002618 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2619 }
2620
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002621 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002622 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2623 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2624 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002625
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002626 Types.push_back(QType);
2627 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002628 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002629}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002630
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002631/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2632/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002633QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002634 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2635 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002637 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2638 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2639 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2640 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2641 Types.push_back(T);
2642 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002643}
2644
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002645/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2646/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002647/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002649/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002650QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002651 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002652 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2653 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2654 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002655
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002656 void *InsertPos = 0;
2657 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2658 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2659 if (Canon) {
2660 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2661 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002662 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002663 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2664 }
2665 else {
2666 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002667 Canon
2668 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002669 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2670 toe = Canon;
2671 }
2672 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002673 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002674 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002675 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002676 Types.push_back(toe);
2677 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002678}
2679
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002680/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2681/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2682/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002683/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002684/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002685QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002686 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002687 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002688 Types.push_back(tot);
2689 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002690}
2691
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002692/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2693/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002694static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002695 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2696 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002698 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2699 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2700 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2701 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2702 return VD->getType();
2703 }
2704 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2705 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2706 return FD->getType();
2707 }
2708 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2709 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2710 // return type of that function.
2711 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2712 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002713
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002714 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
2716 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002717 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002718 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002719 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002721 return T;
2722}
2723
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002724/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2725/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2726/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002728/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002729QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002730 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002731 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2732 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2733 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002734
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002735 void *InsertPos = 0;
2736 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2737 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2738 if (Canon) {
2739 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2740 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002741 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002742 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2743 }
2744 else {
2745 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002746 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002747 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2748 dt = Canon;
2749 }
2750 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002751 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002752 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002753 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002754 Types.push_back(dt);
2755 return QualType(dt, 0);
2756}
2757
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002758/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002759QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002760 void *InsertPos = 0;
2761 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2762 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2763 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2764 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2765 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2766 return QualType(AT, 0);
2767 }
2768
2769 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2770 Types.push_back(AT);
2771 if (InsertPos)
2772 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2773 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002774}
2775
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002776/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2777QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2778 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2779 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2780 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2781 return AutoDeductTy;
2782}
2783
2784/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2785QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2786 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2787 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2788 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2789 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2790}
2791
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002792/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2793/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002794QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002795 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002796 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2797 // away const? mutable?
2798 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002799}
2800
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2802/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2803/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002804CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002805 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002806}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002807
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002808/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2809/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2810QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2811 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2812 return WCharTy;
2813}
2814
2815/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2816/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2817QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2818 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2819 return UnsignedIntTy;
2820}
2821
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002822/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2823/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2824QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002825 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002826}
2827
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002828//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2829// Type Operators
2830//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2831
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002832CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002833 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2834 // qualifiers.
2835 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002836 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002837 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002838 QualType Result;
2839 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2840 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2841 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2842 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2843 } else {
2844 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2845 }
2846
2847 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2848}
2849
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002850
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002851QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2852 Qualifiers &quals) {
2853 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2854
2855 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2856 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2857 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2858 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2859 const ArrayType *AT =
2860 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2861
2862 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002863 if (!AT) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002864 quals = splitType.second;
2865 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002866 }
2867
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002868 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2869 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2870 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2871
2872 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2873 // can just use the results in splitType.
2874 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2875 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2876 quals = splitType.second;
2877 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2878 }
2879
2880 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2881 // build the type back up.
2882 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002883
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002884 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002885 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002886 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2887 }
2888
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002889 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002890 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002891 }
2892
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002893 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002894 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002895 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002896 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2897 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2898 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2899 }
2900
2901 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002902 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002903 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2904 SourceRange());
2905}
2906
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002907/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2908/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2909/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2910/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2911/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2912/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2913/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2914/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2915bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2916 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2917 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2918 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2919 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2920 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2921 return true;
2922 }
2923
2924 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2925 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2926 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2927 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2928 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2929 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2930 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2931 return true;
2932 }
2933
2934 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2935 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2936 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2937 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2938 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2939 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2940 return true;
2941 }
2942 }
2943
2944 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2945
2946 return false;
2947}
2948
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002949DeclarationNameInfo
2950ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2951 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002952 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002953 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2954 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2955
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002956 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002957 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002958 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002959 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2960 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002961 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002962 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2963 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2964 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2965 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2966 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2967 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002968 }
2969 }
2970
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002971 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2972 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002973 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2974 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002975}
2976
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002977TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002978 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2979 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2980 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2981 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2982
2983 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002984 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002985 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002986
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00002987 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack
2988 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) {
2989 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam
2990 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack());
2991 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack
2992 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack());
2993 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack);
2994 }
2995
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002996 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002997
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002998 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2999 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3000 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3001}
3002
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003003bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3004 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3005 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3006 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3007}
3008
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003009TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003010ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003011 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3012 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3013 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003014
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003015 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003016 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003017
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003018 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003019 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003021 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3022 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003023
3024 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3025 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3026 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003027 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003028
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003029 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003030 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003031 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003032
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003033 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003034 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003035
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003036 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003037 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3038 return Arg;
3039
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003040 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3041 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003042 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003044 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3045 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3046 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003048 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003049 }
3050 }
3051
3052 // Silence GCC warning
3053 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3054 return TemplateArgument();
3055}
3056
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003057NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003058ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003059 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003060 return 0;
3061
3062 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3063 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3064 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003065 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003066 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3067 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3068
3069 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3070 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3071 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003072 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3073 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3074
3075 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3076 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3077 // this namespace and no prefix.
3078 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3079 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3080 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003081
3082 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3083 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3084 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003085
3086 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3087 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3088 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3089 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3090 // types, e.g.,
3091 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3092 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3093 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3094 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3095 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3096 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3097 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3098 }
3099
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003100 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003101 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3102 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3103 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3104 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003105
3106 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3107 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3108 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3109 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003110 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3111 }
3112
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003113 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3114 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003115 }
3116
3117 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3118 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3119 return NNS;
3120 }
3121
3122 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3123 return 0;
3124}
3125
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003126
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003127const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003128 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003129 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003130 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3131 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3132 return AT;
3133 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003134
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003135 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003136 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003137 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003138
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003139 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003140 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3141 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003143 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3144 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003145 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003146
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003147 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3148 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003149
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003150 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003151 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3152 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003153 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003154
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003155 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3156 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003157 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003159 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3160 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3161 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003162 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003163 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3164 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3165 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003166 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003167
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003169 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3170 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003171 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003172 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003173 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003174 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003175 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003176
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003177 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003178 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003179 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003180 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003181 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003182 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003183}
3184
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003185/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3186/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3187/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3188/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3189///
3190/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003191QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003192 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3193 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3194 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3195 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3196 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3197 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003198
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003199 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003200
3201 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003202 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003203}
3204
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003205QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3206 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003207}
3208
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003209QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3210 Qualifiers qs;
3211 while (true) {
3212 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3213 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3214 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003215
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003216 type = array->getElementType();
3217 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3218 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003220 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003221}
3222
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003223/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003225ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3226 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3227 do {
3228 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3229 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3230 } while (CA);
3231 return ElementCount;
3232}
3233
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003234/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3235/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003236static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003237 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003238 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003239
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003240 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3241 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003242 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003243 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3244 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3245 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003246 }
3247}
3248
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3250/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003251/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3252/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003253QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3254 QualType Domain) const {
3255 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3256 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3257 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003258 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003259 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3260 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3261 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3262 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003263 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003264
3265 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3266 switch (EltRank) {
3267 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3268 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3269 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3270 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003271 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003272}
3273
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003274/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3275/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3276/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003277/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003278int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003279 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3280 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003282 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003283 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003284 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003285 return 1;
3286 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003287}
3288
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003289/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3290/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3291/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003292unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003293 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003294 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003295 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003296
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003297 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3298 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003299 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3300
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003301 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3302 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3303
3304 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3305 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3306
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003307 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003308 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3309 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003310 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003311 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3312 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3313 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3314 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003315 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003316 case BuiltinType::Short:
3317 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003318 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003319 case BuiltinType::Int:
3320 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003321 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003322 case BuiltinType::Long:
3323 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003324 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003325 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3326 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003327 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003328 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3329 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3330 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003331 }
3332}
3333
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003334/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3335/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3336///
3337/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3338/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003339QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003340 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3341 return QualType();
3342
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003343 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3344 if (!Field)
3345 return QualType();
3346
3347 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3348
3349 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3350 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3351 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3352 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3353 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3354 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3355 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3356 return IntTy;
3357
3358 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3359 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3360
3361 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3362 // like the base type.
3363 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3364 // is ridiculous.
3365 return QualType();
3366}
3367
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003368/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3369/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3370/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003371QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003372 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3373 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003374 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3375 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003376 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3377 return IntTy;
3378 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3379 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3380 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3381 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3382}
3383
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003385/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003386/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003387int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003388 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3389 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003390 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003391
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003392 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3393 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003395 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3396 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003398 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3399 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3400 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3401 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003402
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003403 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3404 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3405 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3406 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3407 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003409 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3410 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003411 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003412 return -1;
3413 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003414
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003415 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3416 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3417 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003419 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3420 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003422 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003423}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003424
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003425static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003426CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3427 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3428 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003429 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003430 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003431 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003432 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003433}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003434
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003436QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003437 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003439 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003440 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003441 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003442
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003443 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003445 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003446 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003447 // int flags;
3448 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003449 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003450 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003451 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3453
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003454 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003455 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003457 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003458 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003459 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003461 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003462 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003463 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003464 }
3465
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003466 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003467 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003468
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003469 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003470}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003471
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003472void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003473 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003474 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3475 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3476}
3477
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003478// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003479QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003480 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3481 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003482 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003483 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3484 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3485
3486 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3487
3488 // const int *isa;
3489 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3490 // const char *str;
3491 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3492 // unsigned int length;
3493 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3494
3495 // Create fields
3496 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3497 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003498 SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003499 SourceLocation(), 0,
3500 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3501 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3502 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003503 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003504 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3505 }
3506
3507 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3508 }
3509
3510 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3511}
3512
3513void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3514 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3515 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3516 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3517}
3518
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003519QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003520 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003521 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003522 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003523 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003524 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003526 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3527 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003528 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003529 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3530 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3531 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3532 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003534 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3536 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003537 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003538 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003539 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003540 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003541 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003542 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003543 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003544 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003545
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003546 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003547 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003548
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003549 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3550}
3551
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003552QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003553 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3554 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3555
3556 RecordDecl *T;
3557 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003558 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003559 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003560 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003561
3562 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3563 UnsignedLongTy,
3564 UnsignedLongTy,
3565 };
3566
3567 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3568 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003569 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003570 };
3571
3572 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003573 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003574 SourceLocation(),
3575 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003576 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003577 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3578 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003579 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003580 T->addDecl(Field);
3581 }
3582
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003583 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003584
3585 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3586
3587 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3588}
3589
3590void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3591 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3592 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3593 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3594}
3595
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003596QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003597 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3598 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3599
3600 RecordDecl *T;
3601 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003602 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003603 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003604 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003605
3606 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3607 UnsignedLongTy,
3608 UnsignedLongTy,
3609 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3610 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3611 };
3612
3613 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3614 "reserved",
3615 "Size",
3616 "CopyFuncPtr",
3617 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3618 };
3619
3620 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003621 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003622 SourceLocation(),
3623 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003624 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003625 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3626 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003627 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003628 T->addDecl(Field);
3629 }
3630
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003631 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003632
3633 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3634
3635 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3636}
3637
3638void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3639 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3640 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3641 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3642}
3643
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003644bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003645 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3646 return true;
3647 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3648 return true;
3649 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3650 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003651 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3652 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3653 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3654 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3655
3656 }
3657 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003658 return false;
3659}
3660
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003661QualType
3662ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003663 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003664 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003665 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003666 // unsigned int __flags;
3667 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003668 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3669 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003670 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003671 // } *
3672
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003673 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3674
3675 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003676 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3677 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3678 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003679 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003680 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003681 T->startDefinition();
3682 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3683 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3684 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3685 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3686 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3687 Int32Ty,
3688 Int32Ty,
3689 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3690 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3691 Ty
3692 };
3693
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003694 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003695 "__isa",
3696 "__forwarding",
3697 "__flags",
3698 "__size",
3699 "__copy_helper",
3700 "__destroy_helper",
3701 DeclName,
3702 };
3703
3704 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3705 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3706 continue;
3707 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003708 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003709 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003710 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003711 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003712 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003713 T->addDecl(Field);
3714 }
3715
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003716 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003717
3718 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003719}
3720
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003721void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003722 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003723 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3724 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3725}
3726
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003727// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3728// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003729static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003730 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003731 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3732 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003734 return false;
3735}
3736
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003737/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003738/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003739CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003740 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003741
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003742 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003743 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003744 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003745 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3746 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003747 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003748 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003749}
3750
3751static inline
3752std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3753 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003754}
3755
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003756/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003757/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003758std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3759 std::string S;
3760
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003761 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3762 QualType BlockTy =
3763 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3764 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003765 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003766 // Compute size of all parameters.
3767 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3768 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3769 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003770 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3771 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003772 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003773 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3774 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003775 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003776 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003777 ParmOffset += sz;
3778 }
3779 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003780 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003781 // Block pointer and offset.
3782 S += "@?0";
3783 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3784
3785 // Argument types.
3786 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3787 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3788 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3789 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3790 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3791 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3792 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3793 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3794 // elements.
3795 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3796 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3797 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3798 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3799 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003800 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003801 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003802 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003803
3804 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003805}
3806
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003807void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
3808 std::string& S) {
3809 // Encode result type.
3810 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3811 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3812 // Compute size of all parameters.
3813 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3814 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3815 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3816 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3817 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3818 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
3819 ParmOffset += sz;
3820 }
3821 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3822 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3823
3824 // Argument types.
3825 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3826 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3827 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3828 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3829 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3830 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3831 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3832 // elements.
3833 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3834 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3835 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3836 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3837 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3838 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3839 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3840 }
3841}
3842
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003843/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003844/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003845void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003846 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003847 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003848 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003849 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003850 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003851 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003852 // Compute size of all parameters.
3853 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3854 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3855 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003856 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003857 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3858 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003859 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003860 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003861 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003862 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003863 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003864 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3865 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003866 ParmOffset += sz;
3867 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003868 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003869 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003870 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003871
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003872 // Argument types.
3873 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003874 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003875 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003876 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003878 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003879 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3880 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3881 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003882 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003883 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3884 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3885 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003886 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003887 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003888 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003889 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003890 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003891 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003892 }
3893}
3894
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003895/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003896/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003897/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3898/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003899/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3900/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3901/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3902/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3903/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003904/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3905/// @code
3906/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3907/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3908/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3909/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3910/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3911/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3912/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3913/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3914/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3915/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3916/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3917/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3918/// };
3919/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003921 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003922 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003923 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3924 bool Dynamic = false;
3925 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3926
3927 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3928 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003930 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3931 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003932 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003933 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003934 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3935 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3936 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3937 Dynamic = true;
3938 } else {
3939 SynthesizePID = PID;
3940 }
3941 }
3942 }
3943 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003944 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003945 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003946 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003947 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003948 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3949 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3950 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3951 Dynamic = true;
3952 } else {
3953 SynthesizePID = PID;
3954 }
3955 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003956 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003957 }
3958 }
3959
3960 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3961 S = "T";
3962
3963 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003964 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3965 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003967 true /* outermost type */,
3968 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003969
3970 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3971 S += ",R";
3972 } else {
3973 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3974 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3975 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003976 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3981 // are "dynamic by default".
3982 if (Dynamic)
3983 S += ",D";
3984
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003985 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3986 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003988 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3989 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003990 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003991 }
3992
3993 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3994 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003995 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003996 }
3997
3998 if (SynthesizePID) {
3999 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4000 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004001 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004002 }
4003
4004 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4005}
4006
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004007/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4009/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004010/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4011///
4012void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004013 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004014 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004015 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004016 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004017 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004018 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004019 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4020 }
4021 }
4022}
4023
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004024void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004025 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004026 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4027 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4028 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4029 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004031 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004032}
4033
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004034static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4035 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4036 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4037 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4038 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4039 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4040 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4041 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4042 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4043 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004044 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004045 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4046 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4047 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4048 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4049 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004050 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4051 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004052 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4053 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004054 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004055 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4056 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4057 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4058 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004059 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004060 }
4061}
4062
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004063static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004064 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004065 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4066 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004067 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004068 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4069 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4070 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4071 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4072 //
4073 // struct
4074 // {
4075 // int integer;
4076 // int flags:2;
4077 // };
4078 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4079 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4080 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4081 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4082 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4083 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4084 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4085 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4086 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4087 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4088 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4089 unsigned i = 0;
4090 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4091 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4092 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4093 if (*Field == FD)
4094 break;
4095 }
4096 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnall6f0a7d22010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004097 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4098 S += 'i';
4099 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004100 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004101 }
4102 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004103 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4104}
4105
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004106// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004107void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4108 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4109 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004110 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004111 bool OutermostType,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004112 bool EncodingProperty) const {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004113 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004114 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004115 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4116 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004117 return;
4118 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004119
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004120 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004121 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004123 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004124 return;
4125 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004126
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004127 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4128 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004129 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004130 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4131 S += ':';
4132 return;
4133 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004134 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4135 }
4136 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4137 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4138 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004139 bool isReadOnly = false;
4140 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4141 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4142 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004144 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004145 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4146 isReadOnly = true;
4147 S += 'r';
4148 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004149 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004150 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004151 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4152 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004153 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4154 isReadOnly = true;
4155 S += 'r';
4156 }
4157 }
4158 if (isReadOnly) {
4159 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4160 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4161 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004162 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4163 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004164 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004166 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4167 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4168 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004169 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004170 S += '*';
4171 return;
4172 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004173 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004174 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4175 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4176 S += '#';
4177 return;
4178 }
4179 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4180 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4181 S += '@';
4182 return;
4183 }
4184 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004185 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004186 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004187 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4188
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004190 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004191 return;
4192 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004193
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004194 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4195 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4196 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004197 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
4198 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4199 S += '^';
4200
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004201 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004202 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4203 } else {
4204 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004206 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4207 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4208 else {
4209 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
4210 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
4211 S += '0';
4212 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004213
4214 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004215 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4216 S += ']';
4217 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004218 return;
4219 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004221 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004222 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004223 return;
4224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004225
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004226 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004227 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004228 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004229 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4230 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4231 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004232 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4233 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4234 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4235 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4236 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004237 TemplateArgs.data(),
4238 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004239 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4240
4241 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4242 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004243 } else {
4244 S += '?';
4245 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004246 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004247 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004248 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4249 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004250 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004251 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004252 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004253 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004254 S += '"';
4255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004256
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004257 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004258 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004260 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004261 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004262 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4263 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004265 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004266 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004267 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004268 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004269 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004270 return;
4271 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004272
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004273 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004274 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004275 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004276 else
4277 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004278 return;
4279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004281 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004282 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004283 return;
4284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004285
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004286 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4287 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4288 T = OT->getBaseType();
4289
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004290 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004291 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004292 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004293 S += '{';
4294 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4295 S += II->getName();
4296 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004297 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4298 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4299 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4300 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4301 if (Field->isBitField())
4302 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004303 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004304 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004305 }
4306 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004307 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004308 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004309
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004310 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004311 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4312 S += '@';
4313 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004314 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004316 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4317 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4318 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4319 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004320 S += '#';
4321 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004322 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004323
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004324 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004326 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4327 ExpandStructures, FD);
4328 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4329 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4330 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004331 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004332 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4333 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004334 S += '<';
4335 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4336 S += '>';
4337 }
4338 S += '"';
4339 }
4340 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004341 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004342
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004343 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4344 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4345 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4346 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004348 // {...};
4349 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4351 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004352 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004353 return;
4354 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004355
4356 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004357 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004358 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004359 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004360 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4361 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004362 S += '<';
4363 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4364 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004365 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004366 S += '"';
4367 }
4368 return;
4369 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004370
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004371 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4372 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4373 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4374 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004375
4376 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4377 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4378 // insufficient.
4379 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4380 return;
4381 }
4382
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004383 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004384}
4385
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004386void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004387 std::string& S) const {
4388 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4389 S += 'n';
4390 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4391 S += 'N';
4392 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4393 S += 'o';
4394 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4395 S += 'O';
4396 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4397 S += 'R';
4398 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4399 S += 'V';
4400}
4401
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004402void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004403 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004404
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004405 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4406}
4407
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004408void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004409 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004410}
4411
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004412void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004413 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004414}
4415
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004416void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004417 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004418}
4419
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004420void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004421 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004422}
4423
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004424void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004425 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004426 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004427
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004428 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004429}
4430
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004431/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4432/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004433TemplateName
4434ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4435 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004436 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4437 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4438
4439 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4440 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4441 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4442
4443 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004444 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004445 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4446 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4447 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4448 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4449 *Storage++ = D;
4450 }
4451
4452 return TemplateName(OT);
4453}
4454
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004455/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4456/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004457TemplateName
4458ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4459 bool TemplateKeyword,
4460 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004461 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4462
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004463 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004464 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4465 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4466
4467 void *InsertPos = 0;
4468 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4469 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4470 if (!QTN) {
4471 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4472 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4473 }
4474
4475 return TemplateName(QTN);
4476}
4477
4478/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4479/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004480TemplateName
4481ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4482 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004483 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004484 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004485
4486 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4487 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4488
4489 void *InsertPos = 0;
4490 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4491 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4492
4493 if (QTN)
4494 return TemplateName(QTN);
4495
4496 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4497 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4498 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4499 } else {
4500 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4501 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004502 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4503 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4504 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4505 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004506 }
4507
4508 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4509 return TemplateName(QTN);
4510}
4511
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004512/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4513/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4514TemplateName
4515ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004516 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004517 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4518 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4519
4520 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4521 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4522
4523 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004524 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4525 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004526
4527 if (QTN)
4528 return TemplateName(QTN);
4529
4530 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4531 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4532 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4533 } else {
4534 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4535 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004536
4537 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4538 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4539 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4540 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004541 }
4542
4543 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4544 return TemplateName(QTN);
4545}
4546
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004547TemplateName
4548ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4549 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4550 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4551 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4552 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4553
4554 void *InsertPos = 0;
4555 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4556 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4557
4558 if (!Subst) {
4559 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param,
4560 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4561 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4562 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4563 }
4564
4565 return TemplateName(Subst);
4566}
4567
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004568/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004569/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4570/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004571CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004572 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004573 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004574 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4575 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4576 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4577 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4578 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4579 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4580 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4581 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4582 }
4583
4584 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004585 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004586}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004587
4588//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4589// Type Predicates.
4590//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4591
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004592/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4593/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4594/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004595/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004596///
4597bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004598 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004599 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004600 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004601 return true;
4602 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004603 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004604}
4605
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004606/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4607/// garbage collection attribute.
4608///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004609Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4610 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4611 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4612
4613 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4614 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4615
4616 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4617 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4618 // as __strong.
4619 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4620 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4621 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4622 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4623 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4624 } else {
4625 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4626 // pointer.
4627#ifndef NDEBUG
4628 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4629 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4630 CT = AT->getElementType();
4631 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4632#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004633 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004634 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004635}
4636
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004637//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4638// Type Compatibility Testing
4639//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004640
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004641/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004642/// compatible.
4643static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4644 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004645 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004646 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004647 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004648}
4649
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004650bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4651 QualType SecondVec) {
4652 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4653 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4654
4655 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4656 return true;
4657
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004658 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4659 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004660 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4661 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004662 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004663 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004664 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4665 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4666 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4667 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004668 return true;
4669
4670 return false;
4671}
4672
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4674// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4675//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4676
4677/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4678/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004679bool
4680ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4681 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004682 if (lProto == rProto)
4683 return true;
4684 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4685 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4686 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4687 return true;
4688 return false;
4689}
4690
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004691/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4692/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4693/// otherwise.
4694bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4695 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4696 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4697 return false;
4698}
4699
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004700/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4701/// Class<p1, ...>.
4702bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4703 QualType rhs) {
4704 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4705 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4706 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4707
4708 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4709 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4710 bool match = false;
4711 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4712 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4713 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4714 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4715 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4716 match = true;
4717 break;
4718 }
4719 }
4720 if (!match)
4721 return false;
4722 }
4723 return true;
4724}
4725
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004726/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4727/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4728bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4729 bool compare) {
4730 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004731 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004732 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4733 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004735 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4736 return true;
4737
4738 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004739 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004740
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004741 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004743 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004744 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004745 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4746 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4747 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4748 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4749 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4750 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4751 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004752 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004753 return false;
4754 }
4755 }
4756 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4757 return true;
4758 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004759 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004760 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4761 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4762 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4763 bool match = false;
4764
4765 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4766 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4767 // through its super class and categories.
4768 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4769 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4770 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4771 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4772 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4773 match = true;
4774 break;
4775 }
4776 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004777 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004778 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4779 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4780 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4781 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4782 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4783 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4784 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004785 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004786 match = true;
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 }
4790 }
4791 if (!match)
4792 return false;
4793 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004794
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004795 return true;
4796 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004798 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4799 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4800
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004801 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004802 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004803 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004804 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4805 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4806 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4807 bool match = false;
4808
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004809 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004810 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4811 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004812 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4813 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004814 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4815 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4816 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4817 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4818 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4819 match = true;
4820 break;
4821 }
4822 }
4823 if (!match)
4824 return false;
4825 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004826
4827 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4828 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4829 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4830 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4831 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4832 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4833 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4834 // assume that it is mismatch.
4835 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4836 return false;
4837 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4838 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4839 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4840 bool match = false;
4841 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4842 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4843 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4844 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4845 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4846 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4847 match = true;
4848 break;
4849 }
4850 }
4851 if (!match)
4852 return false;
4853 }
4854 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004855 return true;
4856 }
4857 return false;
4858}
4859
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004860/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004861/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4862/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4863///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004864bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4865 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004866 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4867 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4868
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004869 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004870 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4871 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004872 return true;
4873
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004874 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004875 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4876 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004877 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004878
4879 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4880 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4881 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4882
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004883 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4884 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004885 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004887 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004888}
4889
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004890/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00004891/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004892/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4893/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4894/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4895bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4896 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004897 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4898 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004899 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004900 return true;
4901
4902 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4903 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4904 }
4905
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004906 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004907 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4908 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4909 false);
4910
4911 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4912 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4913 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4914 if (LHS != RHS) {
4915 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004916 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004917 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004918 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004919 }
4920 else
4921 return true;
4922 }
4923 return false;
4924}
4925
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004926/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4927/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4928/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4929/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4930static
4931void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4932 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4933 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4934 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4935
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004936 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4937 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4938 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4939 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004940
4941 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4942 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4943 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4944 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4945 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004946 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004947 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4948 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004949 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4950 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4951 }
4952
4953 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4954 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004955 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4956 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004957 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4958 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4959 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4960 }
4961 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004962 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004963 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4964 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004965 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4966 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4967 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4968 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4969 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004970 }
4971}
4972
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004973/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4974/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4975/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4976/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4977QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004978 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4979 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4980 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4981 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4982 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4983 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00004984 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004985 return QualType();
4986
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00004987 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004988 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004989 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004990 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4991 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4992
4993 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4994 if (!Protocols.empty())
4995 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4996 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4997 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004998 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00004999 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005000
5001 return QualType();
5002}
5003
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005004bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5005 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5006 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5007 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5008
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005009 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5010 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005011 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005012 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005014 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5015 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005016 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005017 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005018
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005019 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5020 // more detailed analysis is required.
5021 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5022 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5023 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5024 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005025 bool IsSuperClass =
5026 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5027 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005028 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5029 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5030 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5031 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5032 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005033 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005034 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5035 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5036 return false;
5037
5038 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5039 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5040 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5041 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5042 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5043
5044 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5045 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5046 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5047 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5048 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5049 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 }
5053 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5054 return false;
5055 }
5056 return true;
5057 }
5058 return false;
5059 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005060
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005061 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5062 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005063 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5064 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5065
5066 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5067 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005068 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5069 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005070 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5071 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005072 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005073 break;
5074 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005075 }
5076 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5077 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5078 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005079 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005080 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5081 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005082}
5083
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005084bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5085 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005086 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5087 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005089 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005090 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005091
5092 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5093 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005094}
5095
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005096bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5097 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5098 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5099 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5100}
5101
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005102/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005103/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005104/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005105/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005106bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5107 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005108 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5109 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5110
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005111 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005112}
5113
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005114bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5115 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5116}
5117
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005118/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5119/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5120/// QualType()
5121QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5122 bool OfBlockPointer,
5123 bool Unqualified) {
5124 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5125 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5126 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5127 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5128 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005129 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005130 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5131 if (!MT.isNull())
5132 return MT;
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 return QualType();
5138}
5139
5140/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5141/// argument types
5142QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5143 bool OfBlockPointer,
5144 bool Unqualified) {
5145 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5146 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5147 // type is compatible with a union member
5148 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5149 Unqualified);
5150 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5151 return lmerge;
5152
5153 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5154 Unqualified);
5155 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5156 return rmerge;
5157
5158 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5159}
5160
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005161QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005162 bool OfBlockPointer,
5163 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005164 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5165 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005166 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5167 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005168 bool allLTypes = true;
5169 bool allRTypes = true;
5170
5171 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005172 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005173 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5174 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5175 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5176 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5177 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5178 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005179 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005180 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005181 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005182 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5183 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005184 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005185
5186 if (Unqualified)
5187 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5188
5189 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5190 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5191 if (Unqualified) {
5192 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5193 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5194 }
5195
5196 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005197 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005198 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005199 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005200
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005201 // FIXME: double check this
5202 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5203 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5204 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005205 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5206 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005207
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005208 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005209 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005210 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005211
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005212 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005213 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5214 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005215 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5216 return QualType();
5217
5218 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5219 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5220 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5221 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5222 allLTypes = false;
5223 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5224 allRTypes = false;
5225
5226 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005227 lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm(),
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005228 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
5229 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005230
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005231 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005232 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5233 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005234 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5235 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5236
5237 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5238 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5239 return QualType();
5240
5241 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5242 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5243 return QualType();
5244
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005245 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5246 return QualType();
5247
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005248 // Check argument compatibility
5249 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5250 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5251 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5252 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005253 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5254 OfBlockPointer,
5255 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005256 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005257
5258 if (Unqualified)
5259 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5260
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005261 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005262 if (Unqualified) {
5263 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5264 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5265 }
5266
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005267 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5268 allLTypes = false;
5269 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5270 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005271 }
5272 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5273 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005274
5275 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5276 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5277 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005278 }
5279
5280 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5281 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5282
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005283 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005284 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005285 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005286 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5287 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5288 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5289 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5290 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5291 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5292 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5293 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5294 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005295
5296 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5297 // to pass enum values.
5298 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5299 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5300
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005301 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5302 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5303 return QualType();
5304 }
5305
5306 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5307 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005308
5309 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5310 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005311 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005312 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005313 }
5314
5315 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5316 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005317 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005318}
5319
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005320QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005321 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005322 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005323 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5324 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5325 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005326 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5327 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005328 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5329 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005330
5331 if (Unqualified) {
5332 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5333 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5334 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005335
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005336 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5337 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5338
5339 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5340 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5341 return LHS;
5342
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005343 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005344 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5345 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005346 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5347 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5348 // mismatch.
5349 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5350 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5351 return QualType();
5352
5353 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5354 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5355 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5356 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5357 // qualified __strong.
5358 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5359 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5360 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5361
5362 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5363 return QualType();
5364
5365 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5366 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5367 }
5368 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5369 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5370 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005371 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005372 }
5373
5374 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005375
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005376 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5377 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005378
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005379 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5380 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5381 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5382 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005383
5384 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005385 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5386 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5387 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5388 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005389
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005390 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5391 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5392 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5393
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005394 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5395 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5396 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005398 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005399 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005400 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005402 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5403 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005404 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005405 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5406 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005407 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005408 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005409 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5410 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005411 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005412
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005413 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005414 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005415
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005416 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005417 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005418#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5419#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005420#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005421#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5422#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5423#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5424 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5425 return QualType();
5426
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005427 case Type::LValueReference:
5428 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005429 case Type::MemberPointer:
5430 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5431 return QualType();
5432
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005433 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005434 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5435 case Type::VariableArray:
5436 case Type::FunctionProto:
5437 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005438 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5439 return QualType();
5440
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005441 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005442 {
5443 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005444 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5445 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005446 if (Unqualified) {
5447 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5448 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5449 }
5450 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5451 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005452 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005453 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005454 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005455 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005456 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005457 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5458 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005459 case Type::BlockPointer:
5460 {
5461 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005462 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5463 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005464 if (Unqualified) {
5465 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5466 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5467 }
5468 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5469 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005470 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5471 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5472 return LHS;
5473 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5474 return RHS;
5475 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5476 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005477 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005478 {
5479 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5480 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5481 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5482 return QualType();
5483
5484 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5485 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005486 if (Unqualified) {
5487 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5488 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5489 }
5490
5491 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005492 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005493 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5494 return LHS;
5495 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5496 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005497 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5498 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5499 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5500 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005501 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5502 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005503 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5504 return LHS;
5505 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5506 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005507 if (LVAT) {
5508 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5509 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5510 // has to be different.
5511 return LHS;
5512 }
5513 if (RVAT) {
5514 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5515 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5516 // has to be different.
5517 return RHS;
5518 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005519 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5520 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005521 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5522 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005523 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005524 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005525 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005526 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005527 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005528 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005529 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005530 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005531 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005532 case Type::Complex:
5533 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5534 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005535 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005536 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005537 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5538 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005539 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005540 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005541 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5542 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005543 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5544 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005545 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5546 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5547 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005548 return LHS;
5549
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005550 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005551 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005552 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005553 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5554 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5555 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005556 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5557 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005558 return LHS;
5559 return QualType();
5560 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005561 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5562 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005563 return LHS;
5564
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005565 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005566 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005567 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005568
5569 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005570}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005571
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005572/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5573/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5574/// return types.
5575QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5576 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5577 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5578 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5579 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5580 return LHS;
5581 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5582 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5583 return QualType();
5584 QualType OldReturnType =
5585 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5586 QualType NewReturnType =
5587 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5588 QualType ResReturnType =
5589 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5590 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5591 return QualType();
5592 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5593 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5594 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5595 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5596 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005597 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5598 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005599 QualType ResultType
5600 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005601 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005602 return ResultType;
5603 }
5604 }
5605 return QualType();
5606 }
5607
5608 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5609 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5610 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5611 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5612 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5613 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5614 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5615 return QualType();
5616
5617 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5618 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5619 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5620 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5621 // qualified __strong.
5622 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5623 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5624 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5625
5626 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5627 return QualType();
5628
5629 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5630 return LHS;
5631 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5632 return RHS;
5633 return QualType();
5634 }
5635
5636 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5637 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5638 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5639 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5640 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5641 return LHS;
5642 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5643 return RHS;
5644 }
5645 return QualType();
5646}
5647
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005648//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005649// Integer Predicates
5650//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005651
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005652unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005653 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005654 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005655 if (T->isBooleanType())
5656 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005657 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005658 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5659}
5660
5661QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005662 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005663
5664 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5665 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5666 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005667 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005668
5669 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5670 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005671 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005672
5673 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5674 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005675 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5676 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5677 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5678 return UnsignedCharTy;
5679 case BuiltinType::Short:
5680 return UnsignedShortTy;
5681 case BuiltinType::Int:
5682 return UnsignedIntTy;
5683 case BuiltinType::Long:
5684 return UnsignedLongTy;
5685 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5686 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005687 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5688 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005689 default:
5690 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5691 return QualType();
5692 }
5693}
5694
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005695ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5696
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005697
5698//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5699// Builtin Type Computation
5700//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5701
5702/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005703/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5704/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5705/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5706/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005707///
5708/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5709/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005710static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005711 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005712 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005713 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005714 // Modifiers.
5715 int HowLong = 0;
5716 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005717 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005718
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005719 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005720 bool Done = false;
5721 while (!Done) {
5722 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005723 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005724 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005725 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005726 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005727 case 'S':
5728 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5729 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5730 Signed = true;
5731 break;
5732 case 'U':
5733 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5734 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5735 Unsigned = true;
5736 break;
5737 case 'L':
5738 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5739 ++HowLong;
5740 break;
5741 }
5742 }
5743
5744 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005745
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005746 // Read the base type.
5747 switch (*Str++) {
5748 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5749 case 'v':
5750 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5751 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5752 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5753 break;
5754 case 'f':
5755 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5756 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5757 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5758 break;
5759 case 'd':
5760 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5761 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5762 if (HowLong)
5763 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5764 else
5765 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5766 break;
5767 case 's':
5768 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5769 if (Unsigned)
5770 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5771 else
5772 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5773 break;
5774 case 'i':
5775 if (HowLong == 3)
5776 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5777 else if (HowLong == 2)
5778 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5779 else if (HowLong == 1)
5780 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5781 else
5782 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5783 break;
5784 case 'c':
5785 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5786 if (Signed)
5787 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5788 else if (Unsigned)
5789 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5790 else
5791 Type = Context.CharTy;
5792 break;
5793 case 'b': // boolean
5794 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5795 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5796 break;
5797 case 'z': // size_t.
5798 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5799 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5800 break;
5801 case 'F':
5802 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5803 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005804 case 'G':
5805 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5806 break;
5807 case 'H':
5808 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5809 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005810 case 'a':
5811 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5812 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5813 break;
5814 case 'A':
5815 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5816 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5817 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5818 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5819 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5820 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5821 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5822 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5823 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5824 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005825 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005826 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005827 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005828 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005829 break;
5830 case 'V': {
5831 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005832 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5833 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005834 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005835
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005836 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5837 RequiresICE, false);
5838 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005839
5840 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005841 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005842 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005843 break;
5844 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005845 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005846 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5847 false);
5848 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005849 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5850 break;
5851 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005852 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005853 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5854 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005855 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005856 return QualType();
5857 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005858 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005859 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005860 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005861 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005862 else
5863 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5864
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005865 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005866 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005867 return QualType();
5868 }
5869 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005870 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005871
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005872 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5873 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005874 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005875 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005876 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5877 case '*':
5878 case '&': {
5879 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5880 // qualified with an address space.
5881 char *End;
5882 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5883 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5884 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5885 Str = End;
5886 }
5887 if (c == '*')
5888 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5889 else
5890 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5891 break;
5892 }
5893 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5894 case 'C':
5895 Type = Type.withConst();
5896 break;
5897 case 'D':
5898 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5899 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005900 }
5901 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005902
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005903 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005904 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005905
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005906 return Type;
5907}
5908
5909/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005910QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005911 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005912 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005913 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005914
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005915 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005916
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005917 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005918 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005919 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5920 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005921 if (Error != GE_None)
5922 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005923
5924 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5925
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005926 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005927 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005928 if (Error != GE_None)
5929 return QualType();
5930
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005931 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5932 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5933 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5934 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5935
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005936 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5937 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5938 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005939
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005940 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5941 }
5942
5943 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5944 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5945
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005946 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
5947 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
5948
5949 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
5950
5951 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
5952 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
5953 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005954
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005955 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005956 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
5957 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005958
5959 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005960}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005961
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005962GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5963 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5964
5965 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005966 switch (L) {
5967 case NoLinkage:
5968 case InternalLinkage:
5969 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5970 return GVA_Internal;
5971
5972 case ExternalLinkage:
5973 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5974 case TSK_Undeclared:
5975 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5976 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5977 break;
5978
5979 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5980 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5981
5982 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5983 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5984 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5985 break;
5986 }
5987 }
5988
5989 if (!FD->isInlined())
5990 return External;
5991
5992 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5993 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5994 // externally visible.
5995 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5996 return External;
5997
5998 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5999 return GVA_C99Inline;
6000 }
6001
6002 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6003 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6004 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6005 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6006 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6007 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6008 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6009 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6010 return GVA_C99Inline;
6011
6012 return GVA_CXXInline;
6013}
6014
6015GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6016 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6017 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6018 // template.
6019 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6020 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6021 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6022
6023 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6024 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6025 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6026 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6027
6028 switch (L) {
6029 case NoLinkage:
6030 case InternalLinkage:
6031 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6032 return GVA_Internal;
6033
6034 case ExternalLinkage:
6035 switch (TSK) {
6036 case TSK_Undeclared:
6037 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6038 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6039
6040 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6041 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6042 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6043
6044 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6045 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6046
6047 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6048 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6049 }
6050 }
6051
6052 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6053}
6054
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006055bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006056 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6057 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6058 return false;
6059 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6060 return false;
6061
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006062 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6063 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6064 return false;
6065
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006066 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6067 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6068 return true;
6069
6070 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6071 // Forward declarations aren't required.
6072 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
6073 return false;
6074
6075 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6076 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6077 return true;
6078
6079 // The key function for a class is required.
6080 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6081 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6082 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6083 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6084 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6085 return true;
6086 }
6087 }
6088
6089 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6090
6091 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6092 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6093 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6094 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6095 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6096 return false;
6097 return true;
6098 }
6099
6100 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6101 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6102
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006103 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6104 return false;
6105
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006106 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6107
6108 // FIXME: Handle references.
6109 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6110 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00006111 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
6112 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006113 return true;
6114 }
6115 }
6116
6117 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6118 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6119 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6120 return false;
6121 }
6122
6123 return true;
6124}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006125
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006126CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6127 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6128 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6129}
6130
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006131bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006132 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6133 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6134}
6135
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006136MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6137 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6138 case CXXABI_ARM:
6139 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6140 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6141 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6142 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6143 }
6144 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6145 return 0;
6146}
6147
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006148CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006149
6150size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
6151 size_t bytes = 0;
6152 bytes += ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize();
6153 bytes += ObjCLayouts.getMemorySize();
6154 bytes += KeyFunctions.getMemorySize();
6155 bytes += ObjCImpls.getMemorySize();
6156 bytes += BlockVarCopyInits.getMemorySize();
6157 bytes += DeclAttrs.getMemorySize();
6158 bytes += InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.getMemorySize();
6159 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.getMemorySize();
6160 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.getMemorySize();
6161 bytes += InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.getMemorySize();
6162 return bytes;
6163}
6164